Home

Draytek 2920 Series User Manual

1. LR Aere erg Ee 2 920 Dual WAN GE e vi wei i pray 1 Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V1 01 VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide ii Dr ay Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Vigor2920 Series Dual WAN Security Router User s Guide Version 1 0 Firmware Version V3 3 2 Date 29 03 2010 Dray Te k iii Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Copyright Information Copyright Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is Declarations protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders Trademarks The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router Instruct
2. Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status 1 x id SS 4 J 6 H H V g S 10 H lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Dray Tek 95 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Local IP Address Status Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface WAMI ze Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC Protocol 4500 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN IP Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Ht in End Port Protocol Start Port End Port A700 d 4700 Ss e 5 Check to enable this entry HIN HI Make a name for the defined network applic
3. IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Dray Tek 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Disable MM Remote Gateway IP 0 0 00 SCH first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Settings in Router B in the remote office Go to VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP TET e e i ea wt Authentication PAP or CHAP IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP range 192 168 2 200 Dial In PPP Encryption tional MPP MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No OK For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general
4. Profile Name Profile Name a S 2 6 J i 4 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 118 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe Categories File Extensions Image Select All O bmp Cap Car Ojpeg mo O ipg2 Clear All ner Une Une El pct ong Cor Select All F asf CT zw i Li mov O mpe Ulmpeg CT mpog Clear All Jor LI rm Tam aan CT aopp L1 3gpp2 1 d Wu Audio Select AN E aa E aiff TT au Ll mp2 L m4a_ TI map C ra Cl ram O voxs O wav TT wms Clear All Select All Cl asss Mja Dis Mja CO java Clear All lie Cl jsp E jtk Jawa ActiveX Select All L alx Ol apb Cl zs TT viv TT vrm Clear All Compression Select All Cl ace CT an C bzip2 LJ rar E sit TT am Clear All Executation Select All O bas Uber Cl com Clear All Jar Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Tek 119 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 5 8 IM Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for Instant
5. Green The port is connected with 1OMbps when left LED is on Right LED Left LED The port is connected f WAN 2 Giga Green f The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Left LED The port is connected GigaLAN Green The port is disconnected deet The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 ono GigaLAne 2 4 4 Wa WAMI Giga USR Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices WANI WAN2 Giga Connecters for remote networked devices USB Connecter for 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dray Te k 3 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 1 2 2 For Vigor2920n Dray Tek Wireless LAN ONIOFFIWPS act WLAN Do
6. Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Dr ay Tek 169 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 1
7. WAN Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 Inactive Class Rule Index Name Service Type Class 1 E mail Class 2 HTTPS dit Edit Class 3 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Class Name E mail HTTPS Others C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 219 Reserved bandwidth Ratio zs he 25 he 25 bw Limited_bandwidth Ratio op Online Statistics Cancel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 9 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Internet VPN Tunnel Private Network 192 168 1 0 woe 10 Click Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management zz Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name VPN NO Status Local Address Remote Address iad CodePoint Service Type i Empty 11 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT C Hardware Accelerati
8. General El Create mei conmection E Internet Gateway office network Status Connected KE ZK Duration 00 19 06 bien dl ei Speed 100 0 Mbps J Network Troubleshooter m OR l Activity en Internet Internet Gateway Mu Computer Other Places 2 Internet Gateway ad Ta e D J G Contral Panel ke IP Broadband Connection on D d gd my Network Places Ruler Parkai CH My Dowuments Tam Ben Sent 404 rad Received 1 115 BEE d My Computer 3 t Ei LAN or High Speed Internet CH Local Area Connection a i EE LA Resitek RTLELSG oe Fan Details Network Connections System Folder Close The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Dray Tek 51 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Advanced Settings eT Services Select the services running op your network that Internet users can ACCESE O Ftp Esample menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDF EI menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231
9. IPCP Dray Tek Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only 4 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer eama WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join N
10. Printer Server IICR 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 XP 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows98 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server Ud 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 11 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 This page is left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced settings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login
11. Submit a certificate request to ths CA using a form CG Submit a certificate request using a based encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a based encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You mual fave an enrollment agent certificate to submi a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBqjCCARMCAQAWOTELMAKGALUEBhMCVFCXxEDAO Base64 Encoded BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEWEXByZXNzOGRyYX1OZWUsuY2z9or Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBgQDOYB7wmZFEFhNS leQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 he4bp89cUF9d lO ACGGiM tceBOckdc ZdPFFvIXcP3 x GOATCTYO fQzpxroCwlJTjL j50 Bn9v50951G Y lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS Attributes EFS Recovery Agent Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you
12. User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the
13. VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 5 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public
14. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using ZA WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool ee ee Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Dray Tek 33 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Details Page for PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following
15. page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh bps Sessions Action Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page Refresh Sessions Action blocked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WANI WAN Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router m data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead 201 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 13 7 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANT Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WAMI Bandwidth ze Daily Refresh WAN Bandwidth Sessions a Ts Kbps s Re Kbps Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Weekly fis Refresh Show Chart WAMI Bandwidth ze a Tx Kbps s Ex Kbps The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received
16. 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 11 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List Scan Statistics Add to Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk BSSID See Statistics Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Addto WDS Settings AP s MAC address Ea n Bridge O Repeater It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 1234567891011 1213 AP number v s Channel ENKE EWL 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next cli
17. 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host S Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP Sie Step 0 This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to VPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an I PSec based service is selected as shown below Dray Tek 215 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Dial To TEN EE VPN Server IPMHOST Nametsuch as 1235 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 165 1 1 User Mame Password Type of VPN LTR COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network Cancel You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router PSec Foliacy Sethng My IF 172 16 3 100 k Type oF IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Virture IP DrayTek virkure Interface k Obtain a
18. 44 0 1245 808299 MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 RIP Protocol Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function WAN IP Network This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and Settings allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using ZA WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool ee ee Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Sp
19. DHCP Chernt 192 168 5 26 192 168 5 1 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Vigor29207 2920nm Dray Tek Dual WAMN Security Router Auto Logout ze Quick Start Wizard System Status Online Status Model Name Vigor2920 Series Segoe ee Firmware Version 5 35 7 HRC WAN Build Date Time Oct 15 2009 14 26 50 LAN NAT LAN WAN 1 Applications f 3 ge Gap Cer MAC Address OO S50 F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected system Maintenance ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 Diagnostics tst Subnet Mask gt 755 755 255 0 Corest Im res DHCP Server Wes IP Address OCU DNS 166 95 1 1 Default Gateway WAN 7 Link Status Connected MAC Address f0 50 7F 00 00 02 Connecton DHCP Client IP Address 192 168 5 26 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password User Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Or System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Passwo
20. Start Time hb mm Duration Time hh mm Action Force On Idle Timeout bo minutes mas 255 0 for default How Often Once Weekdays C Sun Mon Tue wed Thu En O Sat Enable Schedule Setup Check to enable the schedule Start Date yyyy mm dd Specify the starting date of the schedule Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time hh mm Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office a G ou 21l Hour
21. VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN 3 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANT and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port WANI1 through WAN port WAN2 through LANI port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WAN is enabled WAN2 is optional WAN gt gt General Setup General Setup WAN WAN2 Enable Enable Display Name fs Display Name Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Mode Physical Type Auto negotiation Physical Type Auto negotiation Load Balance Mode Auto Weight Load Balance Mode Line Speed Kbps DownLink lo Line Speed Kbps Downlink lo UpLink lo UpLink
22. check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status L Dray Tek Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT WCF Dos USB WANT VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN2 QoS If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again 233 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection setting
23. f d d Force On r sj df F Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm 1 Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 144 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week 3 Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week 4 Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address Po Destination Port Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UD
24. gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 kd seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 25 6 o 2 OUT 25 DU OUT 25 0 4 OUT Others 25 DU Outbound Status Others o 5 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class aud Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 m m Others Bandwidth Control WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 2590 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Dray Tek 137 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name NO Status 1 Empty Local Address DiffServ Remote Address CodePoint Service Type For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rul
25. with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Packet OVERDRIVE This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top scan 802 1 1b ghn 24GH C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel l1 C Group Roaming acho Power Save Mode yl Tx Burst i WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Te Bt Enable Dray Tek 173 Vigo
26. 102 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Block NetBios Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction LAN WAN Destination IP Any Service Type Fragments Don t Care w Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Block Immediately a Branch to Other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Check this box to enable the filter rule Filter Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Direction Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN gt SLAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Source Destination IP Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges Dray Tek 103 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 bi IP Address E
27. 2 Group Object Edit Windows Internet Explorer B hm Ap 168 1 1docicfkw gob him Object Group Edit Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Group None ze or Keyword Group None ze or Keyword Group one pa or Keyword Group one or Keyword Group None zw or Keyword Group one None or Keyword Group lone We or Keyword Group None ze Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that fil
28. 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection Enable PING to Keep alive This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address PING to the IP Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with Build a L2TP VPN connection throu
29. 50 re Yoo 00 07 2 Check if WAN IP Network Settings is set appropriately 3 Check if IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP if you choose Specify an IP address Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 238 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 For PPTP Users 1 Check if the Enable option for PPTP Link is selected WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 Sep 5 SENE PPP Setup Enable PPTP O Enable L2TP ODisable PPP Authentication Server Address 10 0 0 138 Idle Timeout w second s Specify Gateway IP Address IP Address Assignment Method TI 1 weem ppes Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Address fs Username want Network Settings Password fs Obtain an IP address automatically Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Specify an IP address ed AT 2 ee IP Address 10 0 0 150 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 MTU Max 1460 2 Check if PPTP Server Username and Password are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP 3 Check if WAN IP Network Settings are set properly If you select Specify an IP address you have to type in the values of IP Address and Subnet Mask manually Be sure the values that you type identify with the values from your ISP 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the followin
30. Active Mode Active Mode Active on demand Active on demand WAN Fail WAN1 Fail a PEREU 0 kbps WAN1 Upload speed exceed O kbps WAN2 Download speed exceed jo kbps WAN1 Download speed exceed jo kbps Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface Physical Mode For WANI1 the physical connection is done and fixed through Ethernet port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an Ethernet port P1 or USB port 305 USB Modem Physical Mode Dray Tek 27 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem choose 3G USB Modem as the physical mode in WAN2 Next go to WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem is available for WAN2 You can choose PPP as the access mode and click Details Page for further configuration WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP WAN2 3G USB Modem None v PPP Physical Type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation 10M half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex Load Balance Mode If you know the practical bandwidth for y
31. Basics for Firewall E 97 a AE E re as cc E EEEN A A E E E E T E T E 99 e EEN UD EE 101 14A OS COINS EE 107 AS Objects EIER eebe Ee Eege ebe ee Een 110 Ao al ODEO eee ee ee ee E E EE E 110 MAME AUD EE 112 4 5 3 Service TYPE UDJE aerianas eieae 114 4 5 4 Service Type Group 115 4 5 5 Keyword ODOC EEN 116 E Keyword OUD EE 117 4 5 7 File Extension ODECE EEE EESE 118 7 o INT ODOC enie nr E E S eee 120 aP P ODOC GE 121 45 10 MiS ODOC EE 122 4O GSM Proe esar aeea E E ares E EER 124 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide viii Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 46 1 IMP2P Filter e ated ecco eic eg tea teense eeii eieaa aeea aiaa 125 4 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile covccsiscnceanatcnndenrianeniiaaieavaxaennensdane ranesnisesstatennensiaiweneunemundeaviaies 126 4 6 3 Web Content Filter Proile ccccccccccsseecceeececeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeseseeeeessaeeaseeeeeeeessuaeseeeeeees 130 4 7 Bandwidth Management 132 TN HSS one Een EE 132 4 72 Bandwidih E Lu LEE 133 EE 134 BO POUCA ONS a cubsiwaeavanstamespewincioseanmoodieeneaieuutces 141 48 1 Dynamit KT TEE 141 TE 143 Hee 145 BT A MIP EE 146 4e Eeer 148 4 8 6 Wake On AN 148 4 9 VPN and Remote Access 150 4 9 1 Remote ACCESS E e 1 tt E 150 E PPP General Setup ME 150 4 9 3 IPSec General Setup eee E E E E EE EEE 151 4 9 4 IPSec Peer Identity AAA 153 4 9 5 Remote Dial in User REENEN 154 E EANO LCA E 158 4 9 7 Connection Management 165 4 1
32. Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select 163 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask More RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this VPN tunnel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default val
33. DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 a 192 165 1 1 IF Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force ONS manual setting RIP Protocol Control Disable wi Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 1st IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Ist Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 2 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 82 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 SR hittp 192_168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Znd DHCP Server IP Pool Counts o max 103 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address ry YW oY Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of yo
34. Ethernet WAN Ethernet or 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Physical Mode Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet 36 USB Modem Ethernet Dray Tek 29 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Access Mode Details Page Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings static or Dynamic P ze static or Dynamic IP PRT RALATR There are three access modes provided for PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP L2TP This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WANI or WAN2 Details Page for PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Username Password WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL MTU Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup JI tL tL ARP Detect PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP o second s IP Address Assignment Method WAN IP Alias Idle Timeout IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Default
35. Fax 44 0 1245 808299 use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined wi User defined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Fragments Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Filter Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass
36. Maintenance Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 186 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 12 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor 2920 Series 3 3 2 RC2 Sep 2 2009 20 43 53 LAN WAN 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection DHCP Client DHCP Server Yes IP Address D ne DNS 168 95 1 1 Default Gateway Bees WAN Link Status Connected MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Connection DHEP Client IP Address 197 168 5 30 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Build Date Time ADSL Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build Display the ADSL firmware version LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Ma
37. Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 1 1b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 182 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 11 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categori
38. Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 please decompressed the file onto your host 223 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear fe Setup DrayTek Router Tools Ya Zu Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup gla RTSv420 TE e DrayTek Router Tools VA 7 U Setup o DrayTek corp oN 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Out Sec Router IP Bo TL Pork Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one
39. OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK I Dray Tek 19 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 4 4 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN I Subnet Mask Primary DNS Secondary DNS L optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 20 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 4 5 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 1 If your ISP require you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please e
40. Profile Name fs Check for Disallow Cl SoulSeek SoulSeek eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack KazaA BearShare iMesh OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe C Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy open ap Lopster XNap WinLop BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet CI winny Winny WinMX Share Other P2P Applications C Xunlei L PP365 Lipoco C Clubbox lezPeer Pando Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile 4 5 10 Misc Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for miscellaneous applications These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt Misc Object Profile Misc Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Profile 1 EA 3 d 5 6 f 6 g 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2920 Series User s Guide iby Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Applications for tunneling and streaming are listed in the page for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use Mise Object dr
41. Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK II Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 4 3 PPTP L2TP Click PPTP L2TP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by your ISP WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 PPTP Server Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN1 Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup
42. TCP shared connection on another computer RUE Show icon in notification area when connected e Edit me L Cal The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 3 5 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 3 5 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a
43. URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web sites or web pages such as www sex Com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 6 d L 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administr
44. Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Block IP options Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Block Land Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Block Smurf Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Block trace router Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Block SYN fragment Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Block Fraggle Attack Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal
45. a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Server IP Address SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log C Authentication VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P g DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 al a led Controls 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor Series 172 16 3 4 343 3 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 4175 3668 172 16 3 229 2558 126 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Los WAN Log Others Network Informati
46. a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Firewall zx General Setup ene Sep Call Eiter w Enable Start Fiter Sek Sel D Disable Data Filter Ce7 Erable Start Filter Se k Disable Actions for dedaule rue Applicaton Acton Profile Filtar Pass HWH Ter Hong s a URL Content Eiter None E S Lea Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Advance Setting Edt Seto Factory beta Lams bei L oppe Ji Accept large incoming fragmented WP or OMe packets for some games a pefault Call Filter L Stoct Security Chacking ratault Data Filter EP O Web Filter A d A i 3 D D I Elrewall gt Elter Sanip gt gt Edi Fil Filter Ser Comments fih Cap Fitter Active Comune Mowe Up Mowe Down bi Black N t ies Firewall gt Edi Filter See gt gt Edit Filter Rule UP up Filer Sot 1 Rula 4 up F Check to enable the Filter Rule Commenta Block Hope uP se Ines 1 16 e Schedulo Setup UF Bernese tron LAN gt WAN ze Boxe Gagce Pi Any Ed Besta ton I Amy Eda oe TU Ges 1 Oea Service Type TEPADA Pon from 137 139 to undetined Ea Fragments Dant Cas sw Application AclbonProtibe Sysboq Filler Block Immuedkat ely k d Branch to Other Filter Set IMP SP Filter URL Contant E Hier Web Contant E liter Advance Setting
47. can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Pass Both Black Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog Dray Tek 127 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP add
48. d VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299
49. first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Syslog For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here by checking the box The log will be displayed on DrayTek Syslog window Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here gt http 192 168 1 1 doctipfzenady him Windows Internet Explorer E hitp 192 168 1 1 doc ipteenads him Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size Session timeout 44 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 100 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 124
50. for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly VW Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 3 For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration VW Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Dray Tek 13 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk
51. greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 2 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor2920 series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printer or USB storage device for sharing files Vigor2920 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings ue Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Del
52. gt Data Flow Monitor TT Enable Data Flow Monitor Pefresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IFP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANI 172 16 35 229 1 7 1655 7 Auto 1 852 Auto SE WAN O 0O Auto O 0 Auto Total 1 1655 Auto 1 852 Auto D 44 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps3 shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 200 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Dray Tek Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Petresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web
53. incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Internet Dray Tek Destined to 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any 93 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Mone ka Private IP sid MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host om foo oo foo foo oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always an WAN 2 Enable BW Private IP If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selec
54. internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup View Log Force Update Auto Update interval Mints Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active 4 WAN1 First x Z WAN First z X A WAN First x Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Auto Update Interval Type the time interval for auto update information about dynamic DNS server Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting p
55. mm mmm What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tel Dray Tek 81 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For WAT Usage ist IP Address 192 165 1 1 Let Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 2nd IP Address 192 166 2 1 i 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHCP Server
56. mot Ested consult your printer documentabon for corpabible printer software Mor nal ale Press 2 Brother HL 1080 BR Seript St Brot DH Gent 2 l e ch This divor is digitally signed windows Update Tell re why driwer signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings a CA Brother HL 1070 Prof to the followarag polls Docwnerds vall pirt to the mal hee checked puil Pil Desosg nn Pude O 3 250 Standard TCPAP Port Epson Stylus COLON 1160 HL Standard CPAP Fart U IP 4 Standard TCPAP Pal HP Lasel 1300 1 Standard TCDAD Port 1 Standard TCPAFP Port Standard TCPAP Dot Brother HL1070 Local Port POF SSS L e JL Ga ll se J 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard ICP7IP Port Monitor mgang Port Sethnges Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name nr IP Grihezz 192 168 1 1 Pirnincni O Baw Raw Settings LPR Settings CILPR Byte Counting Fnahled C SNMP Status Enabled EZE Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 10 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 The printer can be used for printin
57. name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status V Rm Fa Wm Fae 1 A 3 4 St G l D 9 10 Ka V Vv lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt e Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Dray Tek 43 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protacal WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Made the End IP will be calculated automatically ance the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable
58. of them that you need Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Out Sec Router IP Sg e Pork Firmware File en CADocuments and Settings Carrie C CiDocuments and Settings Carrie and Settings Carrie Password Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 224 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Sales Time Out er Router IP SC Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings C arrie al Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished Dray Tek 225 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 5 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B KR User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigog Router via Web GUI Oo User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Go to Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 226 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the ce
59. out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Dray Tek 147 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 8 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled L Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic OK Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Di P2 P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode Enable IGMP Snoopi
60. packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Block TCP flag scan Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Block Tear Drop Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Block Ping of Death Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 108 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Block Unknown Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Protocol Individual IP packet has
61. packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 202 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 13 8 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN ping through please select Unspecified Ping through WANT Hast IP e IP Address sid Hast IH satevVayl aun Late ax DNS Ping to Result Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 4 13 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified ze Protocol Host IP Address Result Clear Dray Tek 203 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co
62. path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 iCSUBSICNevigar Not Yet Valid Trusted CA 2 SE Trusted CA 3 SE SS IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer ICGUlGoiChwig0ot Subject JCGUBiChioor ese pea ONS draytek com Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 25 17 47 2007 GMT Close Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first D ray Tek 231 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 This page is left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 232 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 D Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to
63. request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the 34 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 box WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WAN1 only E WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool LEZ Ua Ae V Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain Settings the IP addres
64. sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 9 7 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol e9 VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Tx Pkts Tx Rate Rx Pkts Rx Rate UpTime HEREXMEEXM Data is encrypted WSKR Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Dray Te k 165 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrie
65. settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium Cat Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES M 3DES MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 209 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Profile Name Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Dial Out Through WAN First C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connect
66. such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 92 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server O SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask 4 3 2 DMZ Host Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Default Default Default Default Default Telnet Port HTTP Fort HTTPS Port FTP Port SSH Port SNMP Setup O Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Hast IP Trap Community Notification Host IP seconds Trap Timeout As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect
67. such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP e
68. surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc VPN After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 68 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www DrayTek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN 4 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANT and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port WANI1 through WAN port WAN2 through LANI port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup
69. the selected settings existing on the limitation list You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit ubeccapnay Default TX Limit Kbps Default RX Limit Kbps O Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IP Specific Limitation rar o Each Shared TX Limit Kbps Time Schedule TH limit RH limit Shared Enam o RX Limit Kbps Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Dray Tek OK 133 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subne
70. them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings 1 WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically UI l z Keep WAN Connection Router Name O C Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name ee Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address WAN Connection Detection Subnet Mask Ir Mode ARP Detect Gateway IP Address fs Ping IP fs DMS Server IP Addreace Secondary IP Address Ir MTU 1442 Max 1500 Default MAC Address RIP Protocol Specify a MAC Address Enable RIP MAC Address oo p0 re Yoo foo for Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Keep WAN Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments
71. want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Dr ay Tek 195 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 12 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file i Click Upgrade to upload the file TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 2 RC1b Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP
72. web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP L2TP Client Mode Enable PPTP Enable L TP Disable Server Address Specify Gateway IP Address fF ISP Access Setup Username Password MTU PPTP L2TP Client Mode ISP Access Setup MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup el KE KE KA Max 1460 PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP se o second s IP Address Assignment Method WAN IP Alias Idle Timeout IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address Subnet Mask Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your
73. will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Username Password WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL MTU Enable Disable ISP Access Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup JI tL tL ARP Detect PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP o second s IP Address Assignment Method WAN IP Alias Idle Timeout IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address Fixed IP Address Max 1492 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 72 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WAN Connection Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method
74. 0 Certificate Management 166 E Eege 166 4102 Tee EE 168 Aao Ganca AG KU E 169 411 Wireloss LAN ME 169 411 1 Basie ele esene a E E E a aae 169 4 11 2 General Getup innean inina enini nean ia niii a niinen Eininn 171 EE eege 174 4 11 4 ACCESS Control 175 Eege 177 NW WN RE 179 41i Advanced SEMN eee ee enn nent eee eee 182 411 8 WMM ei let DI e WT 183 Be EE WIS COV EE 185 AT ts LO Station LISI EE 186 4 12 System Maintenance AE 186 MW OVSE AU sata ce teria eainenecse a iE a i TEA 187 ala TROO ree sna yaaa ent ee A E neces aces E E E 188 4 12 3 Administrator Haseword 189 A124 Configuration BACKUD a caiseacneunnssaccusasieanawadanantubadeebeunparamduiddannutuhids Shoubbstacdwaadwdedushannntubadus 189 4125 oV Mai AlE EE 192 e kA MAIS And DaO ee sin iiwaiitacmauisadebidy aieametudnde sniinesianuatonaannheteniss 193 412 WOVE En E 194 4 12 39 WAS OO OLY E 195 4 12 9 Firmware Upgrade AAA 196 AV BEI e tee 197 ATA Diaoul Ne re Te E 197 SE FROUMING RE E 198 ATIS ARP Cache Tabl areen e E RENO 198 Eege 199 4 13 5 NAT Sessions Eegeregie 199 D ray Tek ix Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 13 6 Data Flow eu te WEE 200 413 7 TEE egener 202 Vs Ping AIO E 203 ANDO Traco TOUS sicrie rE a E a iEn 203 Application and Examples ccccescceeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeneeenseoeseeeaeeonseonseeenseosees 205 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remo
75. 1 0i 74 0i OU 00 0100 00 00 00 00 OO O7 67 61 7465 77 61 79 0960 65 73 73 65 66 67 65 72 07 68 OF 74 60 61 69 6C 03 63 6F 60 00 00 01 00 01 6 4 14 00 00 Decoded Format 192 168 1 10 1483 gt 168 95 1 1 domain Pr udp HLen 20 TLen 75 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 197 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 13 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey C connected 5 static R RIF default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 35 1 Waly 1 C 192 168 1 0 255 2455 255 0 is directly connected LAM K 172 16 3 0 255 255 255 0 18 directly connected WANI Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 13 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IF Address Mic Address 192 166 1 10 O0 OE A amp 6 28 D5 A1 lv2 16 35 112 OO 40 Ci 68 56 Ba fee loess Lae O0 O05 5D E4
76. 28 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 170 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voip
77. 43 Mode Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 56 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as Ox4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode DAD e B4 Bit All wireless devices must supp
78. 5 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be c
79. 5 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 if DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 z WON Information WAMI IP Fixed vigor IS ES LAN Status TX Packets Re Packets wWAMZ IP Fixed 28400 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Yersion 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE HU ONGEN Traditional Chinese Bago Us 21 Dap fe 008963 UUas pl O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 UUbea pi Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page F
80. 90 50 7F 00 n0 01 System Maintenance Ist Subnet Mask 755 755 755 0 Connection E Diagnostics DHCP Server Yes IP Address DNS 168 95 1 1 Default Gateway All Hights Keserved WAN 7 Link Status Connected MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Connection DHCP Client IP Address 192 168 5 26 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 3 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Dray Tek 25 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 From 10 0 0 0 to 10 25
81. 99 Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Setto Factory Default Bridge Mode Enable Peer MAC Address i Jd JL LL pe Siefeieiete Disable WEP Pre shared Key C IT D O IT IR WEP Id dd Jd a l Use the same WEP key set in Security he E PRESS ER EE Settings Repeater Pre shared Key Enable Peer ddes Type TRIP Key Type 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlaz or Oxe5S5abed JOU TEE JOU JOU JOU OOU Access Point Function Enable Disable Status Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Disable ze Security There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared Key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router WEP Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Pre shared Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x Bridge If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses ar
82. AT IP Pool ah Ee Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually 73 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings 1 WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically UI l z Keep WAN Connection Router Name O C Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name ee Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address WAN Connecti
83. Address MAC Address ry YW YW oY E Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Disable hd MEE tst Subnet 2nd Subnet Ist Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 40 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of th
84. C Click it to reload the page Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Private IP Port CA Rot ER E DN 2497 19 2 1685 1 11 2493 192 166 1 10 3079 Dray Tek Refresh 24 9 935 169 207 46 45 2 207 46 5 10 199 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 13 6 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt
85. Connection because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 32 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 RIP Protocol Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function WAN IP Network This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and Settings allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias
86. D Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only oo _ 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless n
87. E Fo OK Clear Cancal Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 106 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup C Enable SYN flood defense Threshold en packets sec Timeout io SEC C Enable UDF flood defense Threshold nen packets sec Timeout ho SEC Enable ICMP flood defense Threshold en e packets sec Timeout ho sec C Enable Port Scan detection Threshold iso packets sec C Block IP options C Block Land C Block Smurf C Block TCP flag scan C Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death L Block trace route C Block ICMP fragment C Block Geh fragment C Block Fraggle Attack DH Ol Block UnknownProtocal Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Enable PortScan Dray Tek Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN p
88. ED 66 iF 16 3 20 O0 OD 60 6F 683 BC Lv2 16 35 121 OO OC 6E EV 79 99 iFa Lead 141 O0 11 2F C7 39 08 iF 16 3 133 O0 50 F 23 4D B1 foes d 4 LTS OG Li 2F 48 15 F2 172 16 5 21 O0 05 5D 41 256 FF fee 16 3 2 OO 11 D5 66 OD AE 172 16 35 16 DO 50 FC 2F 3D 17 Life Los oe dod 00 50 7F 2F 33 FF 1v2 16 3 19 OO OD 60 6F 689 Ci 3 E 3 a 3 a 3 a 3 3 a 3 Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 198 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 13 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP server Running Index IF Address 1 192 168 1 10 Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID Refresh 4 13 5 NAT Sessions Table Refresh Mic Address Leased Time HOST ID OO OE a6 24 D5 a1 0 00 02 630 ok lececgjyiy 5u It displays the connection item number It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it It displays the leased time of the specified PC It displays the host ID name of the specified P
89. Email E 4 9 5 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 154 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Set to Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status 1 2 x 1 x z 2 x 18 x 3 x 19 x A 2 x 20 x 5 2 x 21 x 6 22 x 22 x I x 23 x 8 2 x 24 x 9 2 x 25 x 10 2 x 26 x 11 Es x 77 EN x 12 2 x 28 x 13 2 x 29 x 14 2 x 30 x 15 2 x 31 x 16 2 x 32 x Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that th
90. IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 42 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain
91. Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through Branch to other Filter If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch Set to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more IM P2P Filter All the packets connections within the range configured in the URL Content Filter above conditions must follow the standard configured in the CSM Web Content Filter profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup SysLog For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here Check the corresponding box to enable the log function Then the filter log and or CSM log will be shown on DrayTek Syslog window Dr ay Tek 105 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in
92. LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode Dr ay Tek 157 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 9 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports 2 VPN tunnels simultaneously and provides up to 32 profiles The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 777 A 1r 777 A 2 777 A 18 777 A 3 233 x 19 777 x 4 23 x 20 777 x 5 777 x Fit 777 A 6 777 x Z 77 x F 777 x KA 777 A 8 233 x 24 777 X 9 233 x 25 777 x 10 777 x 26 777 x 11 777 x gt 777 A 12 777 x 20 PrP A 13 7 x 29 233 x 14 777 x 30 777 x 15 777 x 31 PP A 16 777 x a2 77 A Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respecti
93. MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address Fixed IP Address Max 1492 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 30 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WAN Connection Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP
94. Messenger These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile IM Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name i 18 19 l l b PEBE eremie Iy ie La ad Ike IN IN IN INO IN IN INO N N N KRERRRERbPERERRE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several types of Instant Messenger IM provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use IM Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Check for Disallow Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIM lt v5 9 ICQ Login F O O O Message C F Fi Fi File Transfer F O F O Game F oO o oO Video F O F O Voice F F F Conference go F oO Other Activities IT LJ O IM Application VoIP O AIM6 OQ CliChat Cl Jabber GoogleTalk E Skype Cl GoogleChat Cl XFire C GaduGadu C Paltalk Fikubao ClQnext Cl Meetro CI POCO PP365 Cl AresChat Cl Gizmo Oaiww Okc O Lava Lava Cicu2 8 SIP Klispa Ouc C MobileMSN Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM o ZEN ICQ Java ICQ Flash goowy IMhaha getMessenger
95. NS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 50 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 4 2 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the r
96. P Address TT SSES DHCP amp for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting RIP Protocol Control Disable wi Primary IP Address IT Secondary IP Address fs To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below Dray Te k 221 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 we Se Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Serve ist IP Address Relay Agent ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address Gateway IP Address 92 168 3 2nd Subnet Mask DHCP Server IP Address Ir E et en DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control Disable ka C Force DNS manual setting primary address _ Secondary 1P address Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 222 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 5 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is includ
97. P port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that 1s used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation Dray Tek 145 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate
98. P routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 2 Network Interface LAN e 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 86 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 LAN zz Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 58 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Network Interface Cancel R Ee 4 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey connected 3 static H RIF default private ae 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAN Lo 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected ae 211 100 86 0 255 455 455 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Dray Tek 87 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sale
99. PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Internet Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes q Documents b B Control Panel ey Network Connections amp Printers and Faxes Taskbar and Start Menu Settings Search Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee E Turn OFF Computer 3 Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Dray Tek 7 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Q Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections D If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects 1 through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you v Printers and Faxes do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable ie Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties Ka P S
100. PS is Enabled d Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 178 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Authentication Mode Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Configure via Push Button Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client PinCode Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes 4 11 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic bet
101. S USB WANT VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN2 QoS LED ACT Activity USB CSM WLAN WANI1 2 DoS VPN QoS LED on Connector Left LED WAN 1 Green Right LED Green Left LED WAN 2 Giga Green Right LED Green Left LED GigaLAN Green 1 2 3 4 Right LED Green Vigor2920 Series User s Guide SEIE Blinking Vigor2920n Dual WAN Security Router GigaLANr 1 2 3 WANT WAN2 Giga S segieef ff Blinking Blinking Blinking Blinking 5 5 Off Blinking H Off Off Blinking H Off Blinking h Off VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The WANI or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink wh
102. S function Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Dr ay Tek 49 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Applications zz Dynamic DNS Setup zz Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface WAMI First ze Service Provider dyndns arg www dyndns org w Service Type Login Name max 23 characters Password max 23 characters TT wildcards TI Backup Mx Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable the current account If you did DNS Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Service Provider Select the service provider for the DD
103. S or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management zz Quality of Service General Setup Set to Factory Default Class Class Class essed Index Status Bandwidth Direction i 5 Others Bandwidth Control WANT Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WAN Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Test Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Dray Tek 217 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WANT General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Outbo 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH ze WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kips WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 b
104. TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experi
105. Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user mode on the window and click Login on the window 3 Now the Main Screen will appear Vigor2920 2920n DUGI WAN Security Route Ott k E g System Status Quick Start Wizard Online Status Model Name Vigor2920 Series Firmware Version 3 3 2 RC2 WAN Bulld Date Time Oct 15 2009 14 26 58 LAN NAI LAN Firewall Objects Setting MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Status CSM ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address Bandwidth Management ist Subnet Mask gt 255 255 255 0 Connection Applications DHCP Server Yes IP Address VPN and Remote Access DNS 168 95 1 1 Default Gateway Certificate Management System Maintenance Diagnostics Link Status MAC Address Connection Logout IP Address All Rig a Rese e Default Gateway Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 14 Dray Tek WAN 1 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 WAN 2 Connected UO 50 F 00 00 02 gt
106. Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to activate daylight saving function Such feature is useful for some areas Automatically Update Interval Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings 3 6 4 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration OK Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 62 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future 3 7 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 3 7 1 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This informatio
107. V Message a WAN PPPoE Protocol LCP e021 ConfReg Jdentpfer al AC CM 0x0 Authe 20 Modem statas al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 03 00 WAN PPPoE Protocol LCP i021 ConfReg Identifier 0x00 MERU 1500 ACCE WAN FPPoE lt 1 T 1 FADS ID 0 30 Modem responce CONNECT 3600000 20 Modem statusa 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 20 Modem statusa 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 30 Modem dial 4 TD T 998 WAN2 PPPoE gt 1 T 1 FADER ID O WAN PPPoE lt 1 T 1 FADO ID 0 303 Modem responce OE 20 Modem initialize AT amp FEOY 1X1 amp D241S0 0 WAN FPPoE 1 T 1 FADI ID 0 i lI ADSL Status E UE EE e d Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2920 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Q Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of facto
108. WenlM URLs mUnitive Wablet mabber MSN2GO Kool MessengerFX MessengerAdictos WebYahooIM Profile Name Type a name for this profile Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 120 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Type a name for such profile and check all the items that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile 4 5 9 P2P Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for peer to peer application These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile DAD Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 d 18 J 13 4 20 J zi 6 22 Le 23 E 24 J d 10 2b D Zi 12 26 13 23 14 30 E 1 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several items for P2P protocols provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use P2P Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Dray Te k 121 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt P2P Object Profile Profile Index 1
109. Y ny oo AU AU Y Y ny D VO D VO D VOD s D DR ny a re e N e A We kd T i I DN IW Index Enable Protocol WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End vw OU OU 4 1 35 5 S 51 5 E E 5 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 lt lt 4 iaa bk V wi V src IP src IP Dest IP Dest IP pes eee ae Start End Start End Port Port Start End WANT ze WANT ze WANT WANT Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 78 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 C Enable Protocol any w Binding WAN Interface Auto failover
110. a Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter IM P2P Filter Select a CSM profile for global IM P2P application blocking All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the CSM profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please Dray Tek 99 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page
111. a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 228 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWyrO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request HITBQICCARNC ADAWOTELMARGALIUEBRNCYFcREDAORGNVEAOTBORYYEZLOZWSsx ID de BokqhkiGowORCQEWEXByszSNezoGRyYsAlLO2ZWUsuYe StNIGEMNslGcsgGs Ins DQEBAQUA LAGMADCBiQEBGODPioahuy gF oaYBice50ERSDEWknIdHbloikt9cTALULaFk s d SubeQytoViLBd 22 ILF0xj ipTewl TtuuvTsg4lgz 60k rGhuVTEd946PlernkP7 Aus4te253 ct UbBaAND4wocevms yD IShHLAIAEVYPUpNRYIroTe Re RkRMAaAHEVpYpwiDsoib oCkudJwYdJ Eo lhvcN AgkOMNRowsDAWwRGQnVHREEDs NgqqtkemF Sd6Vr LilvhTanbgkg hkiGOwOBAGUF AAOBGOAUSBRUGCAYLHASNS HuToemitH bcwjivgtkFlzTJiHh URLG4CiEi 6nvV4hNRytex2pEfbstar SqRREreseRooedeol45560ece NlGhovyegti ISFqkiJNihip4stTcjecSh 2 jm QoSUU BcesTG SCkCyeqqu fo ATOFa EB Gyiw 6 You may rev
112. ackets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to 107 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 detection many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the
113. age Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number qo a Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 140 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications 4 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or
114. age of DDNS setup to set account s Dray Te k 141 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface WAMI First ze Service Provider dyndns arg weww dyndns org w Service Type Login Name mas 23 characters Password max 23 characters TT Wildcards TI Backup Mx Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable the current account If you did DNS Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WAN Interface Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choo
115. al applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status 1 a H SS 4 a 6 S f H H H g H 10 H lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Dr ay Tek 47 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAN Interface WWANT ze Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC End Par
116. also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status T B ak GI 2 10 GI 3 u ils GI d 12 GI E R ER ns 6 14 H t 15 H H Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Dr ay Tek 143 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 ba al al CH 4 o o 4 4 all 4 i Start Date yyyy mm dd
117. art the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past 3 7 3 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN ping through please select Unspecified Ping through WAN di ID Address Ping to Result Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 64 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 automatically Ping through Unspecified Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 4 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace wi
118. at type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet Public IP Address mm pm pen mm mm mmm a a a a ge GUE wn mmm mmm mmm wm mmm wm emm Tage i oF Private Subnet Router IP Addre In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 80 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet Public IP Address 9 mmm mg
119. ate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X209 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek OU RD emailla Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request HITBsj CCaArRsc sp auUDELNaARGaALUEBhNCVYVFcREDAORGNYE AOTBORYYELOSZUSsxCe ad BqNVEASTALIEMS IwilaYJ Kose lhnvcNaQkeFAN S xkIJ2aWN locRyYx1lOe2WsuYe2 SceMIct MAOGCS GS Ibs DOEBAGCUAASAGNADCBiOGERBGODPiocahu gF OaYvBlceSOERSDfoUknIdH blolkt3cTALUPaFkb6s68d3 woegytoViLBd 22 IDFOx xb6ip rev leftunTsq41lgZz6ok feGhuVTEdS46PlernkPTdu 4c2 scuba 4sayscevms yD4SHLAJdxVYPWpHEVIrotT2 Re JERMAaHEWpYpulDaAQaBRoCivliayJKog lhyvcHN aAQkOMRMWETAPRGQNYHREECDAGHYTA GAR qQuagccsqgGs Ins DOEBROUALAGRABAS O4ANGnod r ludbatTeoltso tiwbZktfEes ikisNd2UoUEnKce 7e0ndc HesaVvbie 3 ACEI peTPFReqklbefoTatvEs7 0VhWagha GqeJ9try qe fyhcrs RULPN1Heefotand M DLEPGEn PWCho LovsJHrvkC2 HAW JEEJE imo Dray Tek 167 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 lew Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete T
120. ates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi SSID Display the SSID of the router 3 6 2 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password fo New Password fs Confirm Password fs Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dr ay Tek 61 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 6 3 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2009 Oct 12 Mon 8 18 45 Inquire Time Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving d Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from
121. atically if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically O Use the following IP address Use the folowing ONS server addresses Saree eg For MacOs 1 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 aa Network a A O Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID lf required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 U rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assistme Apply Now Dray Tek 235 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not pleas
122. ation service Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 96 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspec
123. ator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 126 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control L Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections a Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action L Cookie Ll Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type the name for such profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function
124. be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name Se ee pEr reme pe e y e Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dray Tek 117 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K j a ia i IECe Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 4 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default
125. box Dray Te k 113 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FeEEBREBYEPrPrPrPFEFrEReE AA AA n GA Bo LA GA Cd cls en an i Cd V V Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Hame Drotocol source Port Destination Port Name Protocol Source Destination Port Vigor2920 Series User s Guide an ees as as Type a name for this profile wb Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a 114 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the po
126. can attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 98 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Data Filter Actions for default rule Application Filter IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Enable Disable Enable Disable Start Filter Set Set l Start Filter Set Set 2 we Action Profile Syslog Pass ew None None 1 Default Edit RS Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex CS Strict Security Checking L Web Filter Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Dat
127. can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top ER 902 11b gn 24GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel Group Roaming SE Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only O Adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst able Enable Hide SSID Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot Dray Tek 55 Vigo
128. cate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password 2200 Confirm password 20O Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select 4 backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 11 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 11 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video
129. ce IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Dest IP Start Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Dest IP End Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Dest Port Start Type the destination port start for the destination IP Dest Port End Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface Dray Te k 37 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP
130. cient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service type
131. ck Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 185 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 11 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 or WPA PSE authentication mn SS D Om cn Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address 7 Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control 4 12 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance system
132. connecting rate of data output for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 1OOOOkbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 136 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Reserved Bandwidth Ratio It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload Prioritize are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Bandwidth Management
133. cted MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Connection DHCP Client IP Address 192 168 5 30 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 Wireless LAN gt i MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WAN Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 60 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indic
134. ctivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 124 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter 4 6 1 IM P2P Filter Profile You can define policy profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer application CSM profile can be used in Filter Setup page CSM gt IM P P Filter Profile IM P2P Filter Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name aele pEr emp peer SBEBREEREBEBEBRBBEBERE Set t
135. d is blocked Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Black White List through the router through the router Action Log Dray Tek None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog 131 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog 4 7 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management 4 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Managemen
136. dit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects ze Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Service Type Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type Ri Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects vi Protocol E Source Port PB Destination Port 1 Service Group None or Service Object None or Service Object None l 1 SIP or Service Object 2 RTP To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 104 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195
137. e 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router Configuration by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It 1s highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is th
138. e allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Dray Te K 181 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Repeater Access Point Function Status 4 11 7 Advanced Setting If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Mixed Mode Green Field 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable OK
139. e profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek 155 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 VPN and Remote Access zz Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Username 77 L Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Allowed Dial In Type Pre Shared Key PPT es FER C Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node IPSec Security Method Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number Medium AH Ir High ESP DES V 3DES V AES a Peer pl Local ID optional o Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Pass
140. e Access 4 9 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec YPN Service Enable LeTP VPN Service Enable ISDN Dial In Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings 4 9 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set palin PAP or CHAP men Assigned IP range Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No OK Dial In PPP Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 150 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Authentication PAP Only users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users
141. e Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Local Address Remote Address Edit DiffServ CodePoint Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Check this box to invoke these settings Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule It allows you to edit source address information 3 http 192_ 168_1_1 doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address v Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control 138 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those ty
142. e L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the PSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select PSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key
143. e check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows 1 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run 2 Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear o Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings faerping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 1 bytes 32 time lt ims bytes 32 time lt ims hytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ 3 Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear 4 Ifthe line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal l Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Utilities 3 Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear 4 Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes f
144. e connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 70 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 for 15 seconds WAN I Fail It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds 4 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN1 and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAT Ethernet static or Dynamic IP se Details Page WAN 3G USB Modem WAN gt Internet Access Internet Acce
145. e default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS Server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must Configuration have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 Dr ay Tek 41 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide
146. e for the desired devico Purden Hane u IF Ades 192 168 1 1 Port Mame P_192 168 1 1 _ lt Back L ge J 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard TEPAP Printer Pork Wizard Additivnal Poot Ierd matnng AReyuned The device uall rat Le erdie The detected device rz of unknown oe Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is comect Either comect the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or aclect the device bype d you ane suc Hie address ts correct Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the fofowma charactenstics SHME Ho Protocol RAW Pot S100 Device 192 168 1 1 Port Mame IP_192 163 1 1 Adapter Type Genenc Network Cand To comptete this wizad click Finish Dray Tek 9 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Pinte Sollware a The mandadu ard model dele whiti par den stets bos se 7T e Select the manubachurer and mode of your printer IF your pinter came with op installation Ca Geck click Have Disk JE ue printer i
147. e set Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP Authentication Assigned IP range o MPPE Optional MPPE w Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using I PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set Dray Tek 205 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEF Sec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium Cat Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES dange MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Branch 1 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Dial Out Through WAN First L Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP wt Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 206 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co u
148. e the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 4 11 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Dr ay Tek 175 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Wireless LAN gt gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter F SsID 1 Index Attribute F SSID 2 C1 SSID 3 TT SSID 4 MAC Address Filter MAC Address Client s MAC Address Enable Mac Address Filter MAC Address Filter Client s MAC Address Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel OK Clear All Vigor2920 Series User s Guide C s Isolate the station from LAN Attribute Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 a
149. e to activate this profile Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANT First ze WAMI First WAN I First While connecting the router will use WANI as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN I Only While connecting the router will use WANI as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Dray Tek 159 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Netbios Naming Packet Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Call Direction Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On or Idle Timeout Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is
150. ea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing To continue click Next Lol vi ef 4 Add Printer Wizard Lucal w Helbwwk Probes The wisal reeds lu knoe which Le of pirer lo el up _ Automaticall detect and natal my Flug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 1 lo set up a network printer that t not attached to a print server use As Local uge ul 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Pontes Pot Computers Gummi wilh uge rough puls Selec te pul you wart pour printer Lu use Ii Uz at re rol isle you Gott cial a recy Dot Use the following port LPT Recommended Prater Part Wee use He Li 7 7 a EN me pem me ay LFA on Io communicable LECH ACHCN SEO St Create a new pot Type of port Standard TCPAIP Part _ lt Back L ge J Dray Tek Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 6 In the following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard TEPAP Printer Port Wizard Add Pul Fur whch den ze du puu ward lu add a pul Enter the Printer H ane or IP oddnces and a port nam
151. each a goal of security management As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality IM P2P Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It 1s similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking
152. ecify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Details Page for PPTP L2TP Dray Tek 75 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP L2TP Client Mode Enable PPTP Enable L TP Disable Server Address Specify Gateway IP Address e ISP Access Setup Username Password Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ol LL II tL MTU PPTP L2TP Client Mode ISP Access Setup MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ze second s IP Address Assignment Method WAN IP Alias Idle Timeout IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address Subnet Mask Max 1460 Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel
153. ected Wand K Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Dray Tek 85 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet Set Router Static Route 192 168 Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of I
154. ed in the tools 1 Goto www DrayTek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series JEA 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series pA Be 13 02 2008 Utility Introduction Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 _ Datasheet Vigor2200 X W E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 5 7 18 02 2009 Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model Ee Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet MAS R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi HS Vista language Smart
155. ee TUNI C Digital Signature X 509 Allowed Dial In Type C L2TP with IPSec Policy Mi C Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number IPSec Security Method High ESP DES Il 3DES kl AES or Peer ID OOOO Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Gei Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 214 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Username 777 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key L IPSec Tunnel CT Digital Signature x 509 Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type C L2TP with IPSec Policy CO Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number IPSec Security Method maa High ESP DES 3DES AES or Peer D O Netbios Naming Packet Gei Pass Block op Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www DrayTek com download center Install as instructed
156. eee E 19 E e 20 oA EGE ara eee ee een eee ee ne E 21 e le EE 22 2 6 SAVING CGopnfguraton 23 gek Operation E 25 Satz ee 25 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol HiNetwork 25 Ola Gened SSID E 27 Dice RE e EN 29 3 1 4 Load Balance Pole 35 BIN tee 38 ie ID ASICS Cl EE 38 Te MON A i e BEE 39 OHNE Seen 42 29 1 eieiei E 43 I DMZ e 45 P OPEN PON e E A 47 SE ae Mee GE 48 SE AN DYNAMIC RT EE 49 Gees 51 KEN E 52 Dray Tek vii Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 5 1 EE EE 52 392 General SEUD BE 54 EE 56 J54 Access e e te EE 58 BE OUD A EE 59 36 System Mamenang ia E eiA e E ERE AE E EAEN ATAR 60 3 6 1 System OI E 60 oee User Pa EE 61 SW TINS ANG RE 62 EE CD OOl OY SUC IN E 62 Dil TIAGO SUC Eege 63 CNR Te AC EE 63 Se Eeer EE 64 3 7 3 Ping RE e Le 64 3 7 4 EE Tee ege 65 Admin Mode Operation cc cscccssseccsssecessecceseesenssesenseeseaseeseaseesensessensesensessonsess 67 e a RE ee 67 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol HihNetwork 67 4 1 2 General EE 69 4 1 3 rege 71 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy EE 77 A AY ee ee ene E E AE eee E E 80 BZ MASS OL LAN E 80 Ee EE te ee ene eee eee ee ee ee 82 E Ee de EE 85 E ESN ted eee E E eae cesta tale d ede Seep daees neat dad edn cnn ae ee cenaesaeecenet secede tate 88 IN TO E 89 E E 90 Ir ONL FASC CC OM BEE 90 E E OS E 93 Ren Re ee cc N eee nee eee ene eee eee eee ee 95 a a PW BEE 97 4 4 1
157. enced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www DrayTek com user AboutRegulatory php C FE This product is designed for 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dray Te k v Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Table of Contents 1 EE ee 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccecccceceeeeeseeeeceeeesseeeeeeeeeeessaaeseeeeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors ccccceeecccceeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeessaaeseeeeeeeesssaaaesses 2 CR FOr Lee e E 2 1 22 HOG VIGO 292 OM eir e EE EE a A ETES 4 1 Hardware dnctalla TOR EE 6 14 Printer Metalai senienas a a 7 Configuring ELE due E 13 2 1 Two Level Management 13 2 2 ACCESSING Web age 13 EE CIVIC FS SV ONG WE 14 OA OUK Start VIZ AEG EE 16 2A ta ee E eee eee 17 LAS ed TN ee ee ee nen ee
158. es and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eesccossesesossecessesecossososoeseoecsescsossesososococsocsesossosesosocesssessosssescsosossesossesossosesoesosesecscesssesesossescsossssossesssossossssessesssesesossesssossssossesssa O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 230 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file 3 Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO SHO HAV AREA IAM AW 2 On d Aue ka gne D 3 Sum http 172 16 2 179 certsrw certearc sch J grz Ba mengt ov PRS ABRET ADES X HRB C19 g Hotmail X Messenger Q RAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Previous vigor DER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification
159. es derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration Setto Factory Default WMM Capable Enable Disable APSD Capable Enable Disable WMM Parameters of Access Point Alfsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy D o oo Ac no oo Ac vo oo WMM Parameters of Station Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AC_BK n Ac z WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button APSD Capable The default setting is Disable Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC BE and AC_BK categories CWMin CWMax CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from t
160. ess type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 4 2 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode Dray Tek 17 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name o4005755G h inet net Password Confirm Password User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password
161. ete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation Dr ay Tek 1 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2920 Dray Tek Y98222 ACT WCF Dos a a e e 2 4 4 Factory Reset CSM WAR Oo5 WANI WAaAM2 Giga USB j LED SIGI Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting CSM The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu WCF The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup WANI 2 The WANI or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data DoS The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected VPN On The VPN tunnel is active QoS The QoS function is active LED on Connector Left LED The port is connected WAN Green Off The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps
162. etwork The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Dray Tek 53 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN 3 5 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 602 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n se SSID DrayTek Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boo
163. etwork but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Dray Tek 67 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for br
164. exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the 161 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy None ail Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is i
165. ey for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 9 4 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity x509 Peer ID Accounts Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status LL x 17 x 2 x 18 x 3 x 19 2 x A x 20 x 5 x 21 x 6 x 22 x l x 23 x 8 x 24 x 9 797 w 75 KE x 10 777 x 26 799 x 11 x 27 x 12 x 28 2 x 13 x 29 2 x 14 x 30 2 x 15 x 31 2 x 16 x 32 x Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access i
166. f you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only E WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool E 164 225 Y Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain Settings the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN2 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WANI and WAN are activated Dray Tek 77 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol m Y Y AU ny Y AU AU
167. facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as produ
168. figuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server ist IP Address 192 165 1 1 Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet Let Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts so 2nd IP Address 192 165 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent 2nd Subnet DHCP Server DONS Server IP Address C Force ONS manual setting RIP Protocol Control Disable ka Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 1st IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 1st Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Dray Tek 39 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 297 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet H http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer Znd DHCP Server IF Pool Counts bo max 103 Index Matched MAC Address given IP
169. filter Isolate WI AN fram LAN MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 58 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 5 5 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA2 Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fal to pass 802 1 of WPA PSE authentication TZzOPUIMOA Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Add
170. for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WAN is enabled WAN2 is optional WAN gt gt General Setup General Setup WAND WAN Enable Enable Display Name fs Display Name Ethernet Auto negotiation Physical Mode Physical Type Load Balance Mode Auto Weight Line Speed Kbps pownLink lo Uplink 0 Active Mode Always On KM Active on demand WAN Fail WAN2 Upload speed exceed jo kbps WAN2 Download speed exceed jo kbps Physical Mode Physical Type Auto negotiation Auto Weight w DownLink lo sid Uplink 0 Active Mode Always On wi Active on demand WAN Fail Load Balance Mode Line Speed Kbps WAN1 Upload speed exceed 0 kbps WAN1 Download speed exceed j0 kbps Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Physical Mode Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface For WAN1 the physical connection is done and fixed through Ethernet port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an Ethernet port P1 or USB port Physical Mode Dray Tek 305 USB Modem Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem choose 3G USB Modem as the physical mode in WAN2 Next go to WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem is available fo
171. from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router 194 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Default Ports Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers User Defined Ports Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FIP servers Enable SNMP Agent Check it to enable this function Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting 1s private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 4 12 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router d Using current configuration Using factory default configuration If you
172. g Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2920 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2920 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Dray Tek 239 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 PO DrayTek Syslog Contrals 192 168 1 1 se WAN Status E gt S E Gebaasg IP Static TH Packets DV Date l l ie DrayTek Vioor 20910 est aT CH LAN Status TH Packets Ris Packets WAN IP Static Ris Packets Ts Rate oOo ez ae SS SaaS lee e Fire Wall Log VEN Los User Access Los Call Los WAN Log Network Infomation Het tate Time Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49 Apr 12 09 17 49
173. g now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www DrayTek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic Dk What are the differences among these firmware file formats FAQ Basic 02 03 How could get the telnet command for routers How can backup restore my configuration settings Advanced VPN 04 05 How do reset clear the router s password How to bring back my router to its default value DHCP Wireless Up How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Orr Ways for firmware upgrade YolP QoS 06 09 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 3 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should do ISDN Firewall IP Filter goccccecececccccccecsccscoceceseesesoecessssse Printer Server Tee 3 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely USB ISDN TA FAQ
174. gh the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 160 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium Advanced Dray Tek This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signatu
175. he login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 4 12 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file i Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file D r ay Te k 189 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download Eh Mou are downloading the File W config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself i jmy Documents Ss oo E My Computer Mu Recent Emy Network Places Documents B Ip vz COM Lite gt 4nnex A 3 immm Desktop Mw Snap300 9 TeleDanmark Mu Documents E vek2_232_config_1 veke_250_config_1 My Computer e e File name config W Mu Network Save az type Configu
176. ication Type the password for authentication Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 192 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu g Router Tools 3 5 1 D About Rouier Toole 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router i DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status j 5 Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Pate vigor series SEN EE as TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate Fe Tee EE ln fee oe LAN Status Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 KEE MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Defa
177. ication or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class E Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 9 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2590 259 2556 25 Inactive Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 25 2596 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Dray Te k 135 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule a
178. idging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2920 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2920 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2920n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor2920n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2920n series Mobile Coffee shop Internet Web
179. iew the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer U SICA vigor Subject fermailAddress press draytek comc Twid Draytek Subject Alternative ONS draytek com Name valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dray Tek 229 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 5 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B Intefnet ER User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigo Router via Web GUI User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO Se WRO AREA IA KAH Q X 2 O Swe Ze Qee 2 So Ei 3 LD E httpv 172 16 2 179 certsrv prr em met vy ORS ER ANEA MO ERRERA 319 Hotmail QB Messenger Q AY MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messag
180. ify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Start IP Address Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address 4 9 3 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment Dray Te k 151 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It ca
181. ile an attack is detected The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is connected with 10Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 r2920 M Security Router Wirelass LAN ON OFFIWPS m ee a Rese 2 3 4 GigaL AN WAN WAM2 Gigal USB Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device ON OFF WPS making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices WANI WAN2 Giga Connecters for remo
182. in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 Default 5 2 6 J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt br gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from t51P lt br gt to URL lt br gt that is categorized with tCL4 lt br gt has been blocked by ENAME Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Setup Query Server It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Setup Test Server It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected By the way you can click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to access into the test server selected You can set eight profiles as Web content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 130 Dray Te k VolPo
183. ion 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type PPTP Gei IPSec Tunnel Username Password PPP Authentication PAP CHAP we VJ Compression On off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN D such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method 220 135 240 206 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 L2TP with IPSec Policy None ye IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 210 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type bik bps Username draytek IPSec Tunnel Password ons L2TP with IPSec Policy None PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression on Off Dial Number for ISDN or IKE Authentication Method Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 KE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 ine IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown belo
184. ion Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Dray Tek 23 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 This page is left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 24 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2920 2920n Dray Tek Dual WAW Security Router System Status Model Name Vigor2920 Series Firmware Version 3 3 2 H Build Date Time Oct 15 2009 14 26 58 SSC LAN WAN 1 Applicators MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Stalus Disconnecled Wireless LAN Ist TP Address CERS RR MAC Address
185. ion Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 ee MPPE Optional MPPE w Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 213 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Line Mapes Aes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account l Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key E PPTP E Preonared A PSec Tunnel SSES e
186. ions The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment Warranty We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functiona
187. ipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Mame Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection RO Department Any e 192 160 1 64 192 168 1 75 7 Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied
188. irewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments le Default Call Filter L A Default Data Filter g ai ale 4 10 H ti b 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Dray Te K 101 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Black NetBios Down O UP Down d UP Down O UP Down O UP Down 6 O UP Down O UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide
189. ity Router System Status Model Name Vigor2920n Firmware Version 3 3 WAN Build Date Time Dec 11 2009 11 56 23 LAN NAT LAN WAN 1 Firewall Objects Setting MAC Address OO SO 7F C9 3B 24 Link Status Disconnected CSM ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 S0 7F C9 3B 25 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection DHCP Server Yes IP Address lt lt DNS 4 2 2 1 Default Gateway Bandwidth Management Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management Wireless LAN WAN 2 System Maintenance Link Status Disconnected Diagnostics MAC Address 0O SO 7F C9 3B 26 Connection Kees IP Address foc Default Gatewa tooo All Rights Reserve d H Wireless LAN MAC Address O0O S0 7F C9 3B 24 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek 4 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public n
190. k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard EEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 52 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSI
191. k sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP CG IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type PPP Authentication Username 777 Password PAP CHAP VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Me dium AH High ESP DES Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 207 Dray Tek Link Type Password PPP Au thentication PAP CHAP ze Username VJ Compression Gei On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Sha
192. kets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 5 30 192 168 5 1 14 60 12 66 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface WAN Status Line Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Name Displays the name set in WANI WAN web page Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 22 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 6 Saving Configurat
193. later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Dray Tek 111 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame Index le RO Department Vf E Financial Dept 16 3 HF Department 19 4 20 J 21 4 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name A Kai Kai Ia I I bw I I fee k k d ei 7 NC D E Ia C av ei 7 ER ET Ve SbSEERERrspppt bt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HF Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this
194. ll be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through WAN Host IP Address fs Run Result Clear Trace through Wall traceroute to 172 116 353 229 30 hops max 1 Request timed out 2 Request timed aut Trace complete Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Tek 65 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 This page is left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 66 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Admin Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2920 2920n Dray Tek Dual WAN Secur
195. ll resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 84 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status 1 TTT T 6 Rae T d TTT T T TTF T 3 PET T H EE T 4 TTT T 9 TTT T J rd T 10 ed T Status v Active x Inactive Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up Static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 5S static R RIP default private Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 WAN 1 C 192 168 11 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN Cc 172 16 3 0 255 255 255 0 is directly conn
196. lly equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Be a Registered Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via Owner http www DrayTek com Firmware amp Tools Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly Updates upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com Vigor2920 Series User s Guide iv Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2920 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2920 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp
197. mber of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 36 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 C Enable Protocol any w Binding WAN Interface Auto failover to the other WAN Dest IP Start eee Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Binding WAN Choose the WAN interface WANI or WAN2 for binding interface Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Src IP Start Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Src IP End Type the sour
198. n IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address a Subnet Mack Security Method Medium H Authority Method O Certification Authority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 216 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Dial To TEN Session Name office YPN Server IPF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 User Name draytek_userl Password RERE Type of YPN PPTP LET C IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 5 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTP
199. n direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP SCH first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 NW Remote Network 192 168 1 0 a A 192 168 1 3 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set aa aan PAP or CHAP ze Authenticat
200. n is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP server Running Index IP Address 1 1927 168 1 10 Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID Refresh Dray Tek Refresh MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID 0 0F A6 24 D5 Ai 0 00 11 07T0 user 6 a0elfice It displays the connection item number It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it It displays the leased time of the specified PC It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Click it to reload the page 63 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 7 2 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN 1 Bandwidth W AN2 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time The following two figures display different charts by daily and weekly Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WAN Bandwidth Reie i WAMI Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth Sessions The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 Bandwidth ch
201. n just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MioesS Mapes Msgs Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication Method This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a k
202. n www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Deia Black White List Enable Action Groups Categories Child Protection Chat Gambling Clear All Sex Leisure Cl Advertisements Select All C Games Cl Hobbies Cl Personals l Sports Business CI Computing Internet C Politics Remote Proxies Clear All Others Select All C Education Cl News Usenet News Clear All OK Group Object Selections P Criminal Hacking Violence L Entertainment E Glamour LI Lifestyle L Photo Searches C Streaming Media Finance C Real Estate C Search Engine L Hosting Sites C Religion Ll Uncategorised Sites Drugs Alcohol Hate Speech Weapons L Food C Health L Motor Vehicles C Shopping LJ Travel ClJob Search Career C Reference C web Mail Kid Sites C Sex Education Enable Check this box to enable the filtering mechanism with the condition of black white list Click Edit to open the keyword object group selection window and choose the one you want to use Then choose the action for such selection Action Pass A webpage which content matches with the keyword object group selection listed in this field is allowed to be passed Action Block A webpage which content matches with the keyword object group selection listed m this fiel
203. nactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Peer ISDN Number or Peer VPN Server IP Lal Ir O O C Digital Signature x 509 or Peer D O d TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IF Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Allowed Dial In Type Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 255 255 255 0 More IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES RIP Direction Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Determine the dial in connection with different types 162 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Dray Tek Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to us
204. nd SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up Click it to save the access control list Clean all entries in the MAC address list 176 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 11 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection via WPS P y ee Station set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stati
205. nd edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANT General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 e Class 2 25 le Class 3 25 o Others 25 dog L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio o Di C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the
206. ng Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy you will get the following page All the multicast groups will be listed and all the LAN ports P1 to P4 are available for use 4 8 6 Wake on LAN A PC chent on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 148 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address ze IP Address MAC Address PEHEE Result O Wake by Two types provide for yo
207. nter it in Host Name Koptional MAC EN dee oa o0 01 optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WEAK 1 Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK II Dray Tek 21 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 5 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for DHCP Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 0 32 LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 387 297 WAN 1 Status gt gt Renew Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet DHCP Client 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 0 D 0 0 WAN 2 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet DHCP Client 0 00 21 IP GW IP TX Pac
208. nto the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek 153 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address MM IP Accept Subject Name Country CC State 5T SSS Location L SS Qrginization Unit COU Po Common Name CN Email SS Profile Name Type in Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Alternative Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept Name the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and
209. o 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CW Min or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data Dray Tek H Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2920 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 184 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44
210. o Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail CSM gt gt IM P P Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profle Name o IM Object P2P Object Protocol Object Misc Object Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Dray Tek 125 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 4 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the
211. ocol Type the IP address of the time server Select the time zone where the router is located Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Ol Allow management from the Internet FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Port Default 80 HTTPS Part Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup O Enable SNMP Agent Get Community S Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Trap Community Notification Host IP oOo Trap Timeout seconds Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login
212. on Remote Address Any DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 2 Service Type 3YSLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 220 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address emai deg mn mmm mm mm mm mm Private Subnet Router IP Address 1 You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server ist IP Address 142 168 1 1 Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 165 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address 192 165 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server I
213. on NetState Traffic Graph Time Host Message Jan 1 00 00 42 Vigor Dos syn_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 10605 gt 192 168 1 1 23 PR 6 tep len 20 40 394375 Jan 1 00 00 34 Vigor DoS iemp_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 gt 192 168 1 1 PR 1 cmp len 20 60 icmp 0 8 lt ADSL Status Dray Tek 109 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 5 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 4 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1E 17 18 3 19 4 20 5 AR 6 22 tls 23 8 24 a 25 10 26 11 fi 12 28 14 30 15 31 16 32 lt lt 132 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 110 Dr ay Te k VolPon www vo
214. on Detection Subnet Mask Ir Mode ARP Detect Gateway IP Address fs Ping IP fs DMS Server IP Addreace Secondary IP Address Ir MTU 1442 Max 1500 Default MAC Address RIP Protocol Specify a MAC Address Enable RIP MAC Address oo p0 re Yoo foo for Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Keep WAN Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments Connection because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 74 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax
215. on co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN 4 11 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n v Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored r r Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate LAN Member 1 F DrayTek d O 2 O 3 O 4 oO Hide SSID Prevent SSID from being scanned Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate LAN Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Long Preamble O Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst N
216. only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only 4 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer eama WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool ah Ee Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually 31 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate
217. ons pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 2920 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Dray Tek 177 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card PIN Code of Station WW o For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer A WPS only supports in WASP AS PSE Mode Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup lEnable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Note WPS can help your wireless client automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled d W
218. op down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt Misc Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name sd Check for Disallow Select All 8 Tunneling Cl Socks4 5 C PGPNet LIHTTP Proxy Ul Tor CI VNN C SoftEther CIMS TEREDO Cl Wujie UltraSurf lHamachi CIHTTF Tunnel Cl Ping Tunnel Cl TinyVPN Cl RealTunnel Cl DynaPass Streaming LIMmMs LIRTSP Li TvaAnts L PPStream LI PPlive FeiDian L uuUSee LINSPlayer LIPCAST Trvkoo Cl SopCast C uUDLiveX CI TvuPlayer LimMySee F Joost ClFlashvideo LJ SilverLight Cl Slingbox Llqavop Remote Control LIvnNec L Radmin C SpyAnywhere Cl ShowMyPc LogMein Teamviewer L Gogrok L RemoteControlPro _ CrossLoop C WindowsRDP L pcAnywhere LJ Timbuktu C WindowsLiveSync C SharedView LIHTTP Upload LIHiNet SafeBox GDoc Uploader U ADrive UMyOtherDrive Mozy L OfficeLive OK Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Tek 123 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 6 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to r
219. orce the router s WAN connection to be always an WAN 2 Enable Private IP e LJ Choose PC Dray Tek 45 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP WAN 2 Enable Private IP F Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host A mns EI IO Te TI LO Te TI When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 229 192 168 1 10 2 o 172 16 3 89 WAN 2 Enable Private IP o Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 46 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of speci
220. ort Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers
221. ort the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Dr ay Tek SEI Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 5 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN zz Access Control Access Control Policy Activate MAC address filter ze MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Access Control Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Policy Select to enable any one of the following policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Policy Activate MAC address filter Activate MAC address
222. ote The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 Oo 30000 kbps kbps SSID 2 F kbps kbps SSID 3 o 30000 kbps kbps SSID 4 O kbps kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Dray Te k 171 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Mode Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g lin 11b Only 11g Only Tin Only 11b 119 Mixed 1b 11 q In Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 11g Only 11b Only or 11n Only mode is selected Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing abou
223. our WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode ee Auto Weigh According to Line Speed Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps Active Mode Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand ze Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 for 15
224. outer is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status KE _ Broadband Network Tasks i SX hinet SS e Disconnected WAN Miniport PPPOE ES
225. pes are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name same NO Status Local Address Remote Address E Service Type CodePoint 16 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOGCUBP 514 20 Active 192 169 1 15 192 169 1 65 ER KEE GM F rpCTCH 203 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class ei Index Status Bandwidth Directon m o Others Bandwidth Control WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Dray Tek 139 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type NO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty S For adding a new service type click Add to open the following p
226. r WAN2 You can choose PPP as the access mode and click Details Page for further configuration WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP WAN2 3G USB Modem None v PPP Physical Type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation 10M half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex Load Balance Mode If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode ee Auto Weigh According to Line Speed Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps Active Mode Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand ze Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means th
227. r2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Note means the real transmission rate depends on the environment of the network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps 4 11 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Mode Disable WPA Pre Shared Key PSk Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1az or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode Okey 1 Okey 2 Okey 3 Okey 4 For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or 0 30313523533435363973899414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode Disable i Disable Turn off
228. r2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices 3 5 3 Security By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings Mode WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Pre Shared Key PSK per i Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla 2 or Ox655abcd WEP Encryption Mode 64 B Key 1 ee Key 2 Key 3 ps o o Key 4 ener For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or 0Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or 0 303132333435363738394142
229. ration file ke 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 190 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ae Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Dray Te k 191 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 12 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into
230. rd Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Dray Tek 15 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 2 4 Quick Start Wizard VW Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters Old Password ooo New Password ooo r Coa On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 16 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANT we Display Name Physical Mode t Physical Type Auto negotiation v Auto negotiation 10M half duplex 10M full duplex 100M half duplex 100M full duplex On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet acc
231. re X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MDS or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below 8 kapiti Montieth IKE achranced settings 000 96400 600 6400 IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more
232. reated Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem F For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2920 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2920 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2920n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor2920n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2920n series Mobile Coffee shop N r Internet au Web surfing E Mail N Instant messaging etc VPN dem 3 5G HSDPA USB After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN2 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 26 Dray Te k
233. red Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 orPeerID VJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key fs Cl Digital Signature xX 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP C IPSec Tunnel L L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Username draytek VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key A IKE Pre Sha Digital Signaturec 509
234. ress such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block E Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 128 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299
235. rom 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 236 Dr ay Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcomp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms D bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 times6 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms GE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax H D I d H dZ3d8 D ms Vigoria draytekd E 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WAN2 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAN1 Ethernet WAN Ethernet PPPoE static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt gt Internet Acces
236. rt defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name IS SIP F ETF Se 4 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name SeECSR ESB reer PePeePee a Ia ji B aw Ia Iw Ia Iw Iw Iw Iw lech lech Iech SFEBBREBPREEBRBEB Ee bE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Tek 115 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this bo
237. rtificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location CL Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MNIITBQjICCARNC AGAWOTELNARGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOBGNVBAOTBORYYZ1LOZWsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCOEWEXByZENzZOGRYYXLOZWsuY2 StNIGEMNANGCS AGS Ib3SDOEBAOUA A4GNADCBiOQKBgGODPioahu gFOaYBiceSOERSD EVknIdHbloilkt9cTdLUDaFk6s8a 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP ausb4c23cWwBaAND4yschVmS yDISHLAJAxVYPUpNEVIroT2RZ7KRMAaAHEWpVpwIDAGAB oCkwdJwYJ Koz ThvcNsOkOMRowGDAWBGNVHREEDzaNnggtkemF SadGVrLinvbTanbokgq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLqG4CiEi6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro08Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VoOgsIl1 ISFqkjIJNihip4TcjecSNNZjmOoSWU BcesTG SCBCyejqu fo AIGFa BTGviu 4 Connect
238. rusted C4 3 EE lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file ee Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information gt Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Valid From Valid To Close Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 168 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certifi
239. ry default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Such function is available in Admin Mode only Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 240 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration 19 Using factory default configuration OK Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset ACT WCF Dod USB WAN VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN2 Qo5 After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support Dray Tek com Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Dray Tek
240. s PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Igle Timeout second s ISP Access Setup Geess IH Address Assignment Method Username 123 abcp WAN IP Alias Password eee Eked IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address JI LI tL Default MAC Address WAN Connection Detection Specify a MAC Address Mode ARP Detect v MAC Address r on fen Ee lono Jan Jno Ping IP loo 50 7F um loo 02 TTL MTU 1442 Max 1492 Dray Tek 237 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 For Static Users 1 Check if the Enable option for Broadband Access is selected WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client WAN IP Network Settings __WWAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Po i Keep WAN Connection Domain Name ee L Enable PING to keep alive Required for some ISPs PING to the IP f p Srecifrar ead PING Interval 0 minute s IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 755 0 0 WAN Connection Detection Gateway IP Address 1 2 16 3 4 Mode ARP Detect _ E Ping IP Primary IP Address fs TTL Secondary IP Address fs MTU 1442 Max 1500 Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address RIP Protocol pem i Ge MAC Address LJEnable RIP kel
241. s The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classif
242. s automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask 3 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN2 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WANI and WAN are activated Dray Tek 35 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol m Y Y AU ny Y AU AU Y ny oo AU AU Y Y ny D VO D VO D VOD s D DR ny a re e N e A We kd T i I DN IW Index Enable Protocol WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End vw OU OU 4 1 35 5 S 51 5 E E 5 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 lt lt 4 iaa bk V wi V src IP src IP Dest IP Dest IP pes eee ae Start End Start End Port Port Start End WANT ze WANT ze WANT WANT Click the nu
243. s is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation El systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTlek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Jetwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties A ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items EI Client tor Microsoft Networks ml File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Sen Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocolelnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 234 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned autom
244. s voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration LJ Enable VLANO VLAN1 VLAN 2 VLAN3 To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 Internet 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable VLANO VLANI VLAN2 VLAN3 m S N a E CDR OOBBOs OOBbOe Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 88 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the
245. se Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 142 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is
246. seconds WAN I Fail It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds 3 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN1 and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAT Ethernet static or Dynamic IP se Details Page WAN 3G USB Modem WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAN Ethernet Static or Dynamic ID e Details Page WAN2 Ethernet None PPPoE static or Dynamic IP HUTH TH Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN1 is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1
247. server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running wn e e Do you want to upgrade firmware OK Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade A TFTF server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 196 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 13 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 4 13 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection eg PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 50 YF 22 33 44 00 OE 46 24 05 41 08 00 45 00 00 4B BE 54 00 OO F 11 12 3B CO 48 01 04 AS 5F 0101 05 CB OO 35 00 37 ES 9
248. server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet Public IP Address emm em pm em SS eS ee E em me Private Subnet Router IP Addre 192 168 1 11 In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 38 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Con
249. service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status KE _ Broadband Network Tasks i SX hinet SS e Disconnected WAN Miniport PPPOE ES General El Create mei conmection E Internet Gateway office network Status Connected KE ZK Duration 00 19 06 bien dl ei Speed 100 0 Mbps J Network Troubleshooter m OR l Activity en Internet Internet Gateway Mu Computer Other Places 2 Internet Gateway ad Ta e D J G Contral Panel ke IP Broadband Connection on D d gd my Network Places Ruler Parkai CH My Dowuments Tam Ben Sent 404 rad Received 1 115 BEE d My Computer 3 t Ei LAN or High Speed Internet CH Local Area Connection a i EE LA Resitek RTLELSG oe Fan Details Network Connections System Folder Close The UPnP facility on the rou
250. setup page 42 LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable ARP Table ME address H Add and Edit IP Address fo Mac Address ry WH YW WY Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Dray Tek Strict Bind Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP PMAC which is not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information 89 Vigor2920 Series User s G
251. sk Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Dray Tek 187 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 4 12 2 TR 069 It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server URL Username Password CPE Client Enable Disable URL Port Username Pa
252. ss Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAN Ethernet Static or Dynamic ID e Details Page WAN2 Ethernet None PPPoE static or Dynamic IP HUTH TH Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 Ethernet WAN Ethernet or 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Physical Mode Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet 36 USB Modem Ethernet Dray Tek i Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Access Mode Details Page Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings static or Dynamic P ze static or Dynamic IP PRT RALATR There are three access modes provided for PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP L2TP This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WANI or WAN2 Details Page for PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page
253. ssword Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Internet PO soso vigor second s OK Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to 188 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification 4 12 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Confirm Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK t
254. st WLAN performance C Hide SSID C Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 11b devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b lig lini ze 11b Only 11g Only Tin Only 11b 119q 11 Mixed 1 1b 11 q In SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 54 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel Channel 6 437 MHz e Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel A 24447 MHz Channel 5 245 hMHz Channel 6 24437 MHz Channel 7 A44 7 Channel 6 24447 MHz Channel 9 2452mM1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462hMH2 Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Packet OVERDRIVE This feature
255. t gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IP Max Sessions Specific Limitation start 1P end O Maximum Sessions Time Schedule Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add Edit Remove Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 4 7 2 Bandwidth Limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove
256. t Protocol Start Port End Port 4700 e 4700 7 s 5 Clear Cancel Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Protocol 4500 Hie Uu UO Uu a A Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN IP Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 3 4 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 48 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 4 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allo
257. t Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you 172 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Channel Channel 6 2437MHz wl Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel A 24447 MHz Channel 5 24s4 hMH2 Channel 6 24437 MHz Channel 7 A44 7 Channel 6 24447 MHz Channel 9 2452mM1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462hMH2 Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble
258. t specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer Limitation List in LAN Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 7 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and suffi
259. tateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port S
260. tc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 44 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Mone ka Private IF OoOo e Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host lao foo oo foo foo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will f
261. te Office and Headquarter 205 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 213 Sa QOS ocino EXAMP eegene 217 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT WEE 220 5 5 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router ccccccseecceeceeseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesseaeeeeessaaeeeeeessaseeees 223 5 6 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Genver 226 5 7 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Genver 230 6 Trouble Shooting EE 233 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK orhNot 233 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 234 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer 236 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK orhNot 237 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection c ccscccccceeeseceecceeeceeeeceeseceeeeeeegeeeeseeseceesesaseees 239 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 240 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer 241 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide x Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 1 Preface Vigor2920 series is a broadband router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN
262. te networked devices USB Connecter for 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dray Te k 5 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 4 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 1 Power Switch Power Adapter d ACT WCF DoS Dray Tek ec USS WANI VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN QoS GigaLANr 1 Cable DSL Modem HA N or Media Converter LAN Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 6 Dr ay Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the
263. ter enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network Dray Tek 83 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP ser
264. ter enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 146 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Advanced Settings eT Services Select the services running op your network that Internet users can ACCESE Ftp Example i msnmsgr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDF RI msnmsor 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer RUE Show icon in notification area when connected e Edit me Lie EE 4 The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found
265. ters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously Dray Tek 129 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 for passing or blocking the file downloading File Extension Profile None 4 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay
266. the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 90 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status o Wem ER Wen Ss Rem d EA 3 4 CR G i D g 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Dray Tek 91 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private P
267. the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Server IP Address Destination Port 514 Enable syslog message Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Router DSL information Enable Syslog Access Syslog Server IP Destination Port Enable syslog message Enable Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Mail To Return Path Authentication User Name Password Enable E mail Alert Click OK to save these settings Mail Alert Setup L Enable Return Path Authentication Enable E Mail Alert DoS Attack IM P2P Check Enable to activate function of syslog The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application Type the user name for authent
268. the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 174 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as Ox4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode DAD e B4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and hav
269. tion NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable i F d WAN 2 Enable LJ Enable Private IP Choose PC Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Aux WAN IP Private IP Private IP Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host 94 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 ET Tok IIe IO 1s 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 229 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 172 16 3 89 WAN 2 Enable Private IP Oo 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports
270. tion SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data D Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Drop packet Dray Tek 97 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Incoming Traffic Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header s
271. to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Dr ay Tek 59 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 3 6 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status User Password Time setup and Reboot System Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance 3 6 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Vigor 2920 Series Firmware Version 3 3 2 RC Build Date Time Sep 2 2009 20 43 53 o LAN WAN 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection DHCP Client DHCP Server Yes IP Address SES DNS 168 95 1 1 Default Gateway eas _WANZ Link Status Conne
272. to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek 227 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Cartiicaia Semita Hoenn Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain
273. to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box 16 Dray Tek WAN IP Alias I
274. to the other WAN Dest IP Start eee Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Binding WAN Choose the WAN interface WANI or WAN2 for binding interface Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Src IP Start Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Src IP End Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Dest IP Start Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Dest IP End Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Dest Port Start Type the destination port start for the destination IP Dest Port End Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface Dray Te k 79 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to wh
275. u to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address e MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address YY YL YY Result Send command to client done Dray Tek 149 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 4 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remot
276. ue if you do not select PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router 4 hitp 192 168 1 1 LAN to LAN Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer E 0 X Profile Index 1 Pemote Network Network IP Netmask 295 255 255 255 32 W The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel 164 Dray Tek VolPon www voipon co uk
277. uide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Remove You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Remove The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the ro
278. uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 6 Application and Examples 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router B Router A 220 135 240 210 220 135 240 208 Remote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 Headquarter 192 168 1 0 Marketing Departme 192 168 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disabl
279. ult Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 197 168 1 10 w DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mack 255 255 255 0 SES Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 lt e i 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Refresh ADSL Status 4 12 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2007 Oct 17 Wedo 3 19 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Time Protocal NTP RFC 1305 ze Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin wi Enable Daylight Saving O Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Dray Te k 193 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Time Protocol Server IP Address Time Zone Automatically Update Interval Click OK to save these settings 4 12 7 Management Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Select a time prot
280. ur router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 277 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default FIP Protocol Control Disable Ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The Configuration router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the rou
281. uter s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of
282. ve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management 4 10 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 166 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP E Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit COU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certific
283. vely Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 158 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Enable this profile VPN Dial Out Through WAN1 First Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 po Profile Name Enable this profile VPN Dial Out Through Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Link Type dk bps Password PPP Authentication VJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Gi Medium AH High ESP Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Check her
284. ver DNS Server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must Configuration have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status ime D Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Preke RA Packs 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router wi
285. w to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TP with IPSec Policy None a IKE Authentication Method vw fe KAP i l i Specify Remote VPN Gateway Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP IKE PreSharedKey 220 135 240 208 C Digital Signature x 509 orPeerID None IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES Jl 3DES M AES Dray Te k 211 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username E psec Tunnel Password VI Compression Cl L2TP with IPSec Policy ons IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Y Peer VPN Serwer IP IKE Pre shared Key Oooo 220 135 240 208 Digital Signaturecs 509 orPeerID O SE IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES v AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B ca
286. ween two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN __ E ae Segen i Dray Tek 179 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 v P The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 180 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 8082
287. with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will MPPE Optional MPPE be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional WEE w Optional MPPE Require MPPEMON 26 bit Maximum MPPEM 268 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further spec
288. word of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote Node Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 156 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel
289. ws the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default C Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval Min s Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active 1 WAN First d x 2 WAN First A x A WAN First 5 x Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDN
290. x Objects 4 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 1T 2 18 3 19 A 20 5 21 6 22 t 23 B 24 9 25 10 26 11 21 12 28 13 SE 14 30 15 M 16 32 lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 7 virus keep 20o0ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out OK Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 4 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will
291. y clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service i ER DiffServ NO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 16 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined OK 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management zz Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH e WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail Class 2 Class 3 Others L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio SG Di TT Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics OK Clear Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 218 Dray Te k VolPon www voipon co uk sales voipon co uk Tel 44 0 1245 808195 Fax 44 0 1245 808299 6 7 Dray Tek Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management zz Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HTTPS Status Local Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Remote Address Any Any ANY ANY Click Setup link for WAN Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup e Class Class Class anil Index Status Bandwidth Direction i 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANT Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Both 25 25 25 25 Inactive

Draytek 2920 Series User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents